Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 262

Oracle Data Integrator 11g:

Integration and Administration



Activity Guide - Volume I
D64974GC20
Edition 2.0
September 2012
D78956
R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Disclaimer

This document contains proprietary information and is protected by copyright and
other intellectual property laws. You may copy and print this document solely for your
own use in an Oracle training course. The document may not be modified or altered
in any way. Except where your use constitutes "fair use" under copyright law, you
may not use, share, download, upload, copy, print, display, perform, reproduce,
publish, license, post, transmit, or distribute this document in whole or in part without
the express authorization of Oracle.

The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice. If you
find any problems in the document, please report them in writing to: Oracle University,
500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, California 94065 USA. This document is not
warranted to be error-free.

Restricted Rights Notice

If this documentation is delivered to the United States Government or anyone using
the documentation on behalf of the United States Government, the following notice is
applicable:

U.S. GOVERNMENT RIGHTS
The U.S. Governments rights to use, modify, reproduce, release, perform, display, or
disclose these training materials are restricted by the terms of the applicable Oracle
license agreement and/or the applicable U.S. Government contract.

Trademark Notice

Oracle and J ava are registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its affiliates. Other names
may be trademarks of their respective owners.



Author
Richard Green
Technical Contributors
and Reviewers
Alex Kotopoulis
Denis Gray
Christophe Dupupet
Julien Testut
David Allan
Sachin Thatte
Viktor Tchemodanov
Gerry Jurrens
Veerabhadra Putrevu
Editors
Rashmi Rajagopal
Vijayalakshmi Narasimhan
Aju Kumar Kumar
Graphic Designers
Satish Bettegowda
Seema Bopaiah
Publishers
Giri Venugopal
Sumesh Koshy
Srividya Rameshkumar
R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Oracle Data Integrator 11g: Integration and Administration Table of Contents
i
Table of Contents
Practices for Lesson 1: Introduction to Integration and Administration ................................................. 1-1
Practices for Lesson 1: Overview ............................................................................................................. 1-2
Practice 1-1: Starting the ODI Client ........................................................................................................ 1-3
Practices for Lesson 2: Administering ODI Repositories ........................................................................ 2-1
Practices for Lesson 2: Overview ............................................................................................................. 2-2
Practices for Lesson 2: Flow of Data ........................................................................................................ 2-3
Practice 2-1: Creating and Connecting to ODI Master and Work Repositories ........................................... 2-4
Practices for Lesson 3: ODI Topology Concepts ..................................................................................... 3-1
Practices for Lesson 3: Overview ............................................................................................................. 3-2
Practice 3-1: Setting Up and Installing an ODI Agent ................................................................................ 3-3
Practices for Lesson 4: Describing the Physical and Logical Architecture ............................................ 4-1
Practices for Lesson 4: Overview ............................................................................................................. 4-2
Practice 4-1: Working with Topology ........................................................................................................ 4-3
Practices for Lesson 5: Setting Up a New ODI Project ............................................................................ 5-1
Practices for Lesson 5: Overview ............................................................................................................. 5-2
Practice 5-1: Setting Up a New ODI Project ............................................................................................. 5-3
Practices for Lesson 6: Oracle Data Integrator Model Concepts ............................................................. 6-1
Practices for Lesson 6: Overview ............................................................................................................. 6-2
Practice 6-1: Creating a Model ................................................................................................................ 6-3
Practices for Lesson 7: Organizing ODI Models and Creating ODI Datastores ....................................... 7-1
Practices for Lesson 7: Overview ............................................................................................................. 7-2
Practice 7-1: Checking Data Quality in the Model ..................................................................................... 7-3
Practices for Lesson 8: ODI Interface Concepts ...................................................................................... 8-1
Practices for Lesson 8: Overview ............................................................................................................. 8-2
Practice 8-1: Creating ODI Interface: Simple Transformations .................................................................. 8-3
Practices for Lesson 9: Designing Interfaces .......................................................................................... 9-1
Practices for Lesson 9: Overview ............................................................................................................. 9-2
Practice 9-1: Creating ODI Interface: Complex Transformations ............................................................... 9-3
Practice 9-2: Creating ODI Interface: Implementing Lookup ...................................................................... 9-22
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging ............................................................ 10-1
Practices for Lesson 10: Overview ........................................................................................................... 10-2
Practice 10-1: Creating ODI Interface: Exporting a Flat File to a Relational Table ...................................... 10-3
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1 ....................................................... 11-1
Practices for Lesson 11: Overview ........................................................................................................... 11-2
Practice 11-1: Using Native Sequences with ODI Interface ....................................................................... 11-3
Practice 11-2: Using Temporary Indexes ................................................................................................. 11-18
Practice 11-3: Using Data Sets with ODI Interface .................................................................................... 11-28
Practices for Lesson 12: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 2 ....................................................... 12-1
Practices for Lesson 12: Overview ........................................................................................................... 12-2
Practice 12-1: Using Temporary ODI Interfaces ....................................................................................... 12-3
Practice 12-2: Developing a New Knowledge Module ............................................................................... 12-38
Practices for Lesson 13: Using ODI Procedures ...................................................................................... 13-1
Practices for Lesson 13: Overview ........................................................................................................... 13-2
Practice 13-1: Creating an ODI Procedure ............................................................................................... 13-3
R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Oracle Data Integrator 11g: Integration and Administration Table of Contents
ii
Practices for Lesson 14: Using ODI Packages ......................................................................................... 14-1
Practices for Lesson 14: Overview ........................................................................................................... 14-2
Practice 14-1: Creating an ODI Package .................................................................................................. 14-3
Practice 14-2: Using ODI Package with Variables and User Functions ...................................................... 14-14
Practices for Lesson 15: Managing ODI Scenarios .................................................................................. 15-1
Practices for Lesson 15: Overview ........................................................................................................... 15-2
Practice 15-1: Creating and Scheduling an ODI Scenario ......................................................................... 15-3
Practices for Lesson 16: Using Load Plans ............................................................................................. 16-1
Practices for Lesson 16: Overview ........................................................................................................... 16-2
Practice 16-1: Using Load Plans .............................................................................................................. 16-3
Practices for Lesson 17: Managing ODI Versions .................................................................................... 17-1
Practices for Lesson 17: Overview ........................................................................................................... 17-2
Practice 17-1: Working with ODI Versions ................................................................................................ 17-3
Practices for Lesson 18: Enforcing Data Quality with ODI ...................................................................... 18-1
Practices for Lesson 18: Overview ........................................................................................................... 18-2
Practice 18-1: Enforcing Data Quality with ODI Interface .......................................................................... 18-3
Practices for Lesson 19: Working with Changed Data Capture ............................................................... 19-1
Practices for Lesson 19: Overview ........................................................................................................... 19-2
Practice 19-1: Implementing Changed Data Capture ................................................................................ 19-3
Practices for Lesson 20: Advanced ODI Administration .......................................................................... 20-1
Practices for Lesson 20: Overview ........................................................................................................... 20-2
Practice 20-1: Setting Up ODI Security .................................................................................................... 20-3
Practice 20-2: Integration with Enterprise Manager and Using ODI Console .............................................. 20-22
Practices for Lesson 21: Extending Oracle Data Integrator with SDK, Web Services, and SOA ............ 21-1
Practices for Lesson 21: Overview ........................................................................................................... 21-2
Practice 21-1: Executing an ODI Scenario Through the ODI Public Web Service....................................... 21-3


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 1: Introduction to Integration and Administration
Chapter 1 - Page 1
Practices for Lesson 1:
Introduction to Integration
and Administration
Chapter 1

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 1: Introduction to Integration and Administration
Chapter 1 - Page 2
Practices for Lesson 1: Overview
Practices Overview
In this practice, you will start up the ODI client, and examine the help system and Start Page.
R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 1: Introduction to Integration and Administration
Chapter 1 - Page 3
Practice 1-1: Starting the ODI Client
Overview
In this practice, you start up the ODI client, explore the help system, and examine the links on
the Start Page.
Assumptions
None
Tasks
1. Start Oracle Data Integrator and explore the help system:
Step Screen/Page Description Choices or Values
a. MS Windows Start Oracle Data Integrator: Start >
Programs > Oracle > Oracle Data
Integrator > ODI Studio.
b. Oracle Data Integrator The ODI client window opens. From the main
menu, select Help > Table of Contents.
c. Oracle Data Integrator The Help Center appears. Expand the
navigation tree of the Contents tab. Double-
click Opening the Online Help. Observe that
another panel opens to the right, with details
about your chosen topic. Close the Help
Center.
d. Oracle Data Integrator From the Help menu, select ODI Forum.
e. Oracle Data Integrator If you have an Internet connection, the Oracle
ODI Forum web page opens. Scroll through
the list of topics. Close the browser.
f. Oracle Data Integrator On the Help menu, note that there is also a
link to the Oracle Technology Network.
R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 1: Introduction to Integration and Administration
Chapter 1 - Page 4
a.


b.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 1: Introduction to Integration and Administration
Chapter 1 - Page 5
c.

d.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 1: Introduction to Integration and Administration
Chapter 1 - Page 6
e.

f.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 1: Introduction to Integration and Administration
Chapter 1 - Page 7

2. Examine the links on the Start Page:

Step Screen/Page Description Choices or Values
a. Oracle Data Integrator On the Start Page, click Define the
Topology.

b. Oracle Data Integrator On the Define the Topology tab, examine the
five different categories of information.
Click Create and Connect to your
Repositories.

c. Oracle Data Integrator The Help Center opens with two tabs on the
right side of the ODI client.
On the Contents tab, expand the navigation
tree to see the help topics.
On the tab to the right of the Contents tab,
notice the detailed links for help on the topic
of creating and connecting to your
repositories.

d. Oracle Data Integrator Click X to close the Help Center window.
Click X to close the Define the Topology tab,
which also closes the Start Page. If you want
to re-open the Start Page later, you can
select Start Page from the Help menu.



R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 1: Introduction to Integration and Administration
Chapter 1 - Page 8
a.

b.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 1: Introduction to Integration and Administration
Chapter 1 - Page 9
c.

d.



R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 1: Introduction to Integration and Administration
Chapter 1 - Page 10

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 2: Administering ODI Repositories
Chapter 2 - Page 1
Practices for Lesson 2:
Administering ODI
Repositories
Chapter 2

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 2: Administering ODI Repositories
Chapter 2 - Page 2
Practices for Lesson 2: Overview
Practices Overview
In this practice, you will use SQL Developer to create database users for Master and Work
Repositories. You will then log in to ODI and connect to these repositories.
R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 2: Administering ODI Repositories
Chapter 2 - Page 3
Practices for Lesson 2: Flow of Data





R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 2: Administering ODI Repositories
Chapter 2 - Page 4
Practice 2-1: Creating and Connecting to ODI Master and Work
Repositories
Use Case Scenario:
John works as a database administrator for FN Enterprise. In FN Enterprise, John is responsible
for performing database management and integration tasks on various resources within the
organization. In particular, John is responsible for data loading, transformation, and validation.
To set his ODI environment, he needs to set up security and create Master and Work
Repositories.
Background:
To set up Oracle Data Integrator, first create database users for the Master and Work
Repositories. Then, create the Master Repository, connect to the Master Repository, create the
Work Repository, and then connect to the Work repository.
In this practice, you first use SQL Developer to create the database users for the Master and
Work Repositories. Then, in ODI, you create and connect to the ODI Master Repository and the
ODI Work Repository.
Note: These are practice repositories. In later lessons, you use other Master and Work
Repositories that are partially predefined with source and target objects.


























SQL Developer
Create SNPM1 database user for
Master Repository
Create SNPW1 database user for
Work Repository

data
base
-
play.
png

Oracle Data
Integrator
Create Master Repository
Create Master Repository connection
Master Repository Pr 2-1 with SNPM1
as the user
Create Work Repository
Create WORKREP_PR2-1 Work
Repository connection with SNPW1 as
the user

datab0
24.gif
R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 2: Administering ODI Repositories
Chapter 2 - Page 5

Your Tasks:
1. The RDBMS used in this practice is Oracle 11g. To connect to your RDBMS, perform the
following steps:
Step Screen/Page Description Choices or Values
a. MS Windows Start Oracle SQL Developer by selecting
Start > Programs >
Oracle-OraDb11g_home1 > Application
Development > SQL Developer. When SQL
Developer starts, close the Messages Log
tab at the bottom. Also close the Start Page.
b. Oracle SQL Developer In Oracle SQL Developer, click + to expand
the connection Administrator. In the window
that follows, enter system in the Username
field and oracle1 in the Password field, and
then click OK.
a.


b.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 2: Administering ODI Repositories
Chapter 2 - Page 6

2. Create the RDBMS schema or user (Oracle 11g) for the Master Repository.

Step Screen/Page Description Choices or Values
a. Oracle SQL Developer Execute the following SQL command in the
Worksheet:
create user snpm1 identified by
password
default tablespace users
temporary tablespace temp;
Note: You can find this command in the text
file 2-1.txt located in c:\LABS\Text
folder.
Enter this command and then click the
green, arrowhead-shaped Run Statement
button.
Note: In this command, password is the
value of password to connect to user
snpm1.

b. Oracle SQL Developer Grant connect privileges to the newly created
user account by executing the following SQL
command:
grant connect, resource to snpm1;

c. Oracle SQL Developer Expand the Other Users node to verify that
the snpm1 user account was successfully
created. Minimize SQL Developer.
R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 2: Administering ODI Repositories
Chapter 2 - Page 7
a.


b.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 2: Administering ODI Repositories
Chapter 2 - Page 8
c.



3. Create the ODI Master Repository:
Step Screen/Page Description Choices or Values
a. MS Windows Start Oracle Data Integrator: Start >
Programs > Oracle > Oracle Data
Integrator > ODI Studio.
b. Oracle Data Integrator Open the New Gallery window by choosing
File > New.
In the New Gallery, in the Categories tree,
select ODI.
From the Items list, select the Master
Repository Creation Wizard. Click OK.
R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 2: Administering ODI Repositories
Chapter 2 - Page 9
The Master Repository Creation Wizard
appears.
c. Master Repository Creation Wizard In the Master Repository Creation Wizard,
note that the JDBC Driver field has the
correct selection to connect to an Oracle
database: oracle.jdbc.OracleDriver.
Edit the JDBC URL to read:
jdbc:oracle:thin:@localhost:1521:orcl
Specify the ODI client login username and
the database username by performing the
following:
Enter the username as snpm1 and the
password as password . Enter the DBA
username as system and the DBA password
as oracle1.
Click the Test Connection button and verify
successful connection. Click OK. Click Next
on the Master Repository Creation Wizard
screen.
d. Master Repository Creation Wizard In the Authentication window, enter the
Supervisor Password as SUNOPSIS. Enter
SUNOPSIS again to confirm the password.
Click Next.
Note: Usernames and passwords are
case-sensitive in ODI.
e. Password Storage In the Password Storage window, select
Internal Password Storage, and then click
Finish. When Master Repository is
successfully created, you will see the Oracle
Data Integrator Information message. Click
OK. The ODI Master Repository is now
created.
f. Message Verify that ODI Master Repository was
created successfully, and then click OK.
R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 2: Administering ODI Repositories
Chapter 2 - Page 10
a.

b.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 2: Administering ODI Repositories
Chapter 2 - Page 11

c.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 2: Administering ODI Repositories
Chapter 2 - Page 12


d.















R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 2: Administering ODI Repositories
Chapter 2 - Page 13
e.

f.



4. Connect to the ODI Master Repository by creating a new ODI Master Login:
Step Screen/Page
Description
Choices or Values
a. Oracle Data
Integrator
Open the New Gallery by selecting File > New. In the New
Gallery, in the Categories tree, select ODI. From the Items
list, select Create a New ODI Repository Login. Click OK.
b. Repository
Connection
Information
Configure the repository connection with the parameters from
this table. To enter the JDBC URL, click the button next to the
URL field and select
R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 2: Administering ODI Repositories
Chapter 2 - Page 14
jdbc:oracle:thin:@<host>:<port>:<sid>, as shown
in the screen, then edit the URL. Select the Master
Repository only button. Click the Test button. Verify
successful connection and click OK. Click OK to save the
connection.
Oracle Data Integrator Connection
Parameter Value
Login Name Master Repository Pr 2-1
User SUPERVISOR
Password SUNOPSIS
Database Connection (Master Repository)
Parameter Value
User snpm1
Password password
Driver List Oracle JDBC Driver
Driver
Name
oracle.jdbc.OracleDriver
Url jdbc:oracle:thin:@localhost:1521:orcl
Note
Do not copy and paste in the URL field. This may
cause problems with entering a valid URL string.
Instead, open the drop-down menu and select the
correct driver from the list. Type the correct URL in
the Url field.
The ODI username (SUPERVISOR) is case-sensitive.

c. Oracle Data
Integrator
Click Connect to Repository. Select the newly created
repository connection, Master Repository Pr 2-1, from the
drop-down list. Click OK. You are now successfully logged in
to the Master Repository Pr 2-1.
d. Import Service
Description
Click the Topology tab (the tab title might appear only
partially as To ). Click the Repositories tab in the left
panel of the Topology Manager. Verify that your newly
created Master Repository is in the Repositories window.
R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 2: Administering ODI Repositories
Chapter 2 - Page 15
a.


b.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 2: Administering ODI Repositories
Chapter 2 - Page 16



c.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 2: Administering ODI Repositories
Chapter 2 - Page 17


d.





R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 2: Administering ODI Repositories
Chapter 2 - Page 18
5. Use SQL Developer to create the RDBMS schema/user for the Work repository.
Step Screen/Page Description Choices or Values
a. Oracle SQL Developer If SQL Developer is already opened, it might
display a message about externally modified
objects. If so, click OK to close the message.
If an earlier command is in the worksheet,
clear the worksheet by clicking the Clear
button that looks like a pencil eraser.
If not opened, open SQL Developer. Create
the schema by executing the following SQL
command:
create user snpw1 identified by
password
default tablespace users
temporary tablespace temp;
Note: You can find this command in the text
file 2-1.txt located in c:\Labs\Text
folder.
Click the Run Statement button.

b. Oracle SQL Developer Grant connect privileges to the newly created
user by executing the following SQL
command:
grant connect, resource to snpw1;

c. Oracle SQL Developer Run the following command to verify that the
snpw1 user account was successfully
created and shown among other user
accounts in the list:
select * from all_users;
a.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 2: Administering ODI Repositories
Chapter 2 - Page 19
b.

c.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 2: Administering ODI Repositories
Chapter 2 - Page 20
6. Now that you created the RDBMS schema/user, use ODI Topology Navigator to create the
ODI Work repository:
Step Screen/Page
Description
Choices or Values
a. Oracle Data Integrator In ODI, click the Topology Navigator tab and then click the
Repositories panel.
Right-click the Work Repositories node and select New
Work Repository.
The Create Work Repository Wizard opens.
b. Specify ODI Work
Repository Connection
Properties
In the screen that follows, enter the parameters shown in the
following table. Click the Test button. Verify successful
connection and click OK. Click Next.
Parameter Value
Technology Oracle
JDBC
Driver
oracle.jdbc. OracleDriver
JDBC Url jdbc:oracle:thin:@localhost:1521:orcl
User
snpw1
(not the default snpm1)
Password password

c. Specify ODI Work
Repository properties
In the Specify ODI Work Repository properties panel, set the
ID to 1. Set the Name to WORKREP_PR2-1. In the
Password field, enter SUNOPSIS. In the Work Repository
Type field, leave Development unchanged. Click Finish.
Verify that the newly created Work repository is now in the
work repositories tree view.
Note: The Development type of repository enables
management of design-time objects such as data models
and projects (including interfaces, procedures, and so on). A
development repository also includes the run-time objects
(scenarios and sessions). This type of repository is suitable
for development environments.
d. Create Work Repository
Login
In the Confirmation window, click Yes. Enter the Login
name: Work Repository Pr 2-1. Click OK.
e. Oracle Data Integrator Expand the Work Repositories node and verify that the Work
repository WORKREP_PR2-1 was created.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 2: Administering ODI Repositories
Chapter 2 - Page 21
a.

b.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 2: Administering ODI Repositories
Chapter 2 - Page 22



R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 2: Administering ODI Repositories
Chapter 2 - Page 23
c.

d.




R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 2: Administering ODI Repositories
Chapter 2 - Page 24
e.


7. Disconnect from the Master Repository and connect to the Work repository:
Step Screen/Page
Description
Choices or Values
a. Oracle Data Integrator Click the ODI menu and select Disconnect Master
Repository Pr 2-1.
b. Oracle Data Integrator Click Connect To Repository.
c. Oracle Data Integrator
Login
Select Work Repository Pr 2-1 from the Login Name
drop-down list. In the Password field, enter SUNOPSIS.
Click OK. Click the Designer tab. Collapse the Projects
node. The following ODI Designer screen appears.
You have now successfully created and connected to the
ODI Work repository.
d. Oracle Data Integrator Click ODI menu and select Disconnect Work repository
Pr 2-1.
Note: You will not be using these practice Master and
Work Repositories for the remainder of this course.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 2: Administering ODI Repositories
Chapter 2 - Page 25
a.


b.


c.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 2: Administering ODI Repositories
Chapter 2 - Page 26


d.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 3: ODI Topology Concepts
Chapter 3 - Page 1
Practices for Lesson 3: ODI
Topology Concepts
Chapter 3

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 3: ODI Topology Concepts
Chapter 3 - Page 2
Practices for Lesson 3: Overview
Practices Overview
In this practice, you set up and install an ODI Agent as a background service.
R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 3: ODI Topology Concepts
Chapter 3 - Page 3
Practice 3-1: Setting Up and Installing an ODI Agent
Use Case Scenario:
John is responsible for data loading, transformation, and validation. He created Master and
Work Repositories. Now he continues setting up his ODI environment by installing an ODI
Agent.
Background:
A common task in ODI is to set up and install an ODI Agent as a service. After the ODI
scenarios are created, they can be scheduled and orchestrated by using an ODI Agent, which is
a lightweight Java process that orchestrates the execution of ODI scenarios. In this practice,
you create and execute an ODI Agent, which will be used in subsequent practices for
orchestration of the execution of ODI objects.
First, you run encode <password> to generate an encrypted password.
You copy and paste that string into the odiparams.bat file that contains ODI agent parameters.
You then switch to ODI, and define a physical agent named localagent. Next, you define a
logical agent also named localagent, mapping it to the same-named physical agent. You specify
the Global context as the context in which to make this particular mapping of logical to physical
agents.
In the command window, you execute agent.bat to start the agent that you named localagent.
In ODI, you test a connection to your newly created agent.

The directions on the following pages will take you through these activities:
1. Run encode oracle1 to generate an encrypted password string
2. Edit odiparams.bat, inserting the encrypted password
3. In ODI, define a physical agent named localagent
4. In ODI, define a logical agent named localagent, mapping it to the physical agent named
localagent for the Global context
5. Execute agent.bat to start an agent named localagent.
6. Verify connection to the newly created agent localagent in ODI

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 3: ODI Topology Concepts
Chapter 3 - Page 4
Your Tasks:
1. Before executing the agent.bat file to create the ODI Agent, you must run the encode
password command to generate an encrypted password and paste it into the
odiparams.bat parameter file. To do so, perform the following steps:
Step Screen/Page
Description
Choices or Values
a. MS Windows and
text editor
Open the Windows Explorer, and navigate to the ODI_HOME
directory, where ODI is installed and open the agent\bin
subdirectory:
(C:\oracle\Middleware\Oracle_ODI1\oracledi\agen
t\bin). Navigate to the odiparams.bat file, right-click this
file, and select Edit to open it with a text editor. Leave this editor
open. You will run a batch file from a Command window and
return to this text editor to copy the results into the
odiparams.bat file.
Explanation: You need to edit the odiparams.bat file to set
the repository connection information for the ODI Agent to use.
The password information is stored as an encrypted string. You
will generate the encrypted string in a Command window.

b. Command Prompt Leave the text editor open, and open the Command window
(Start > Run > cmd). Change the directory to the
ODI_HOME\agent\bin directory:
C:\oracle\Middleware\Oracle_ODI1\oracledi\agent
\bin
c. Command Prompt To generate the encrypted password string, you will be using
the agent command, encode <password>. Because your
password is oracle1, enter and execute the following
command in the Command window and press ENTER:

encode oracle1

Note: Keep the Command window open, because you will be
returning to it after editing the odiparams.bat file.
R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 3: ODI Topology Concepts
Chapter 3 - Page 5
d. Command Prompt
and text editor
Copy the generated, encrypted password from the Command
window (from the Command windows drop-down menu, select
Edit > Mark, then highlight the password with your mouse; then
select Edit > Copy) and insert it into the odiparams.bat file
as the value for the ODI_MASTER_ENCODED_PASS parameter
(overwriting the existing password). Verify and, if necessary,
edit settings for other parameters from the following table, save
the odiparams.bat file, and then close it. The agents
connectivity is now set up.
Parameter Value
ODI_MASTER_DRIVER oracle.jdbc.OracleDriver
ODI_MASTER_URL jdbc:oracle:thin:@localhost:1521:orcl
ODI_MASTER_USER DEV_ODI_REPO
ODI_MASTER_ENCODE
D_PASS
Insert your encoded password.
(overwrite the existing password)
ODI_SECU_WORK_REP WORKREP
ODI_SUPRVISOR_ENC
ODED_PASS
Leave the default value.
ODI_USER Leave the default value.
ODI_ENCODED_PASS Leave the default value.
ODI_JAVA_HOME c:\oracle\Middleware\jdk160_29
Note
DEV_ODI_REPO is an RDBMS schema/user (Oracle
11g) for the Master Repository. It was pre-created for
this and subsequent practices.
The Work Repository name is WORKREP.
Because each time that you encode the password, it
receives different values, your encoded password will
differ from the one provided in the screen.
Do not change the default value of the ODI_USER and
ODI_ENCODED_PASS parameters. Those parameters
were pre-coded during ODI installation.
R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 3: ODI Topology Concepts
Chapter 3 - Page 6
a.

b.

c.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 3: ODI Topology Concepts
Chapter 3 - Page 7
d.





R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 3: ODI Topology Concepts
Chapter 3 - Page 8

2. Now that you have generated an encoded password and pasted it into the
odiparams.bat file, you need to create the ODI physical and logical agent definitions. To
create these ODI agent definitions, perform the following steps:
Step Screen/Page
Description
Choices or Values
a. MS Windows
ODI Login
If it is not started, start Oracle Data Integrator. Click Connect
To Repository. Select DEV_ODI_REPO from the Login Name
drop-down list. Click OK.

b. Topology navigator Click the Topology navigator tab. In the Topology navigator,
select the Physical Architecture panel. Right-click the Agents
node. Select New Agent.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 3: ODI Topology Concepts
Chapter 3 - Page 9
Step Screen/Page
Description
Choices or Values
c. Agent: localagent Fill in the following fields:
Name: localagent
Host: Network name or IP address of the machine that the
agent has been launched on. Verify that this parameter is set
to localhost.
Port: Listening port used by the agent. By default, this port is
20910. Leave the default value.
Web Application Context: Name of the Web application
corresponding to the Java EE agent deployed on an
application server. For stand-alone agents, this field should be
set to oraclediagent.
Set Maximum number of sessions supported by this agent to
250. Click the Save button.

d. Topology Navigator
Local Agent: New
Now you have to insert a logical agent in Logical Architecture,
and map it to the newly created Physical agent. At the bottom
of the Topology navigator tab, click the Logical Architecture
tab. Right-click Agents and select New Logical Agent. On the
screen that follows, set the Name to localagent. For the
Global context, set the Physical Agents column to
localagent. From the File menu, click Save. Close the
localagent tab that you just worked on, leaving the other
localagent tab open.

a.



R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 3: ODI Topology Concepts
Chapter 3 - Page 10
b.

c.


d.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 3: ODI Topology Concepts
Chapter 3 - Page 11


3. Now that you have created the agent and defined the ODI physical and logical agents, you
can start the agent directly from the command line.
Step Screen/Page
Description
Choices or Values
a. Command Prompt Switch back to the Command window you left open at the
ODI_HOME\agent\bin directory
(C:\oracle\Middleware\Oracle_ODI1\oracledi\agen
t\bin). Execute the agent.bat file by using the following
command:
agent -NAME=localagent

b. Services The agent is now starting. Verify that ODI Agent is successfully
started. Minimize (do not close) the window Command
Prompt agent-NAME=localagent.
Note: This command window should remain open during all
labs.
c. Oracle Data
Integrator
In ODI, in the localagent tab that remains open, click the
Test icon to verify connection of the agent localagent.
You successfully created and connected to ODI agent. Close
the localagent tab . Also, close the
Messages - Log tab.
a.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 3: ODI Topology Concepts
Chapter 3 - Page 12
b.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 3: ODI Topology Concepts
Chapter 3 - Page 13
c.




R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 3: ODI Topology Concepts
Chapter 3 - Page 14

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 4: Describing the Physical and Logical Architecture
Chapter 4 - Page 1
Practices for Lesson 4:
Describing the Physical and
Logical Architecture
Chapter 4

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 4: Describing the Physical and Logical Architecture
Chapter 4 - Page 2
Practices for Lesson 4: Overview
Practices Overview
In this practice, you define the work infrastructure in the topology by creating contexts, a data
server, and physical and logical schemas.
R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 4: Describing the Physical and Logical Architecture
Chapter 4 - Page 3
Practice 4-1: Working with Topology
Use Case Scenario:
John created the Master and Work Repositories and installed an ODI Agent as a background
service. To complete setting up his ODI infrastructure, he needs to create contexts, a data
server, and physical and logical schemas.
Background:
Before you begin working on your ODI projects, you need to describe your ODI infrastructure in
the topology. As a starting point of this practice, you will use the environment provided with the
ODI installation. The infrastructure includes several servers. You need to define the following
new data server and its attached physical schemas.
Data Server: ORACLE_ORCL_LOCAL
Define two of three schemas available in this instance:
Schema Description
SALES_DEV Schema storing the target tables for development
purposes
SALES_PROD Schema storing the production target tables
STAGING Schema that is used to store ODI temporary objects
(not used in this practice)
Both the SALES_DEV and SALES_PROD physical schemas contain identical table structures
and correspond to the same logical schema called ORACLE_ORCL_LOCAL_SALES. The
mapping for this logical schema depends on the context.
Note: Completing these tasks is critical for all subsequent practice sessions.

This practice consists of the following six steps:
1. Define the Production context.
2. Define the Development context. (A third context, Global, is already preseeded for you.)
3. Define the ORACLE_ORCL_LOCAL data server.
4. Define the ODI physical schemas for the data server: SALES_DEV, SALES_PROD.
R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 4: Describing the Physical and Logical Architecture
Chapter 4 - Page 4
5. Define the ORACLE_ORCL_LOCAL_SALES ODI logical schema.
6. Map the logical schema to the two physical schemas, in terms of the three contexts.
Your Tasks:
1. If not started, start Oracle Data Integrator and open the DEV_ODI_REPO connection. If
ODI remains open, skip to step 2.
Note: The username and password are case-sensitive.
a. Select Start > Programs > Oracle ODI11g-Home > Oracle Data Integrator > ODI
Studio. Click Connect To Repository.




R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 4: Describing the Physical and Logical Architecture
Chapter 4 - Page 5

b. Log in with the following details. Click OK.
Login name: DEV_ODI_REPO
User: SUPERVISOR
Password: SUNOPSIS

2. Create a new context:
a. Click the Topology navigator tab, and then click the Contexts tab to expand it.


b. Click the New Context icon on the Contexts tab, and then select New Context.


c. Enter your context parameters as shown below. The context window should appear as
follows.
Name: Production
Code: PRODUCTION

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 4: Describing the Physical and Logical Architecture
Chapter 4 - Page 6
Password: Leave this field empty.
Default: Select this check box, and click Yes to confirm in the pop-up window.


d. Click the Save button.


e. Create another new context , repeating the operations:
Name: Development
Code: DEVELOPMENT
Password: Leave this field empty.
Default: Leave the check box deselected.



R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 4: Describing the Physical and Logical Architecture
Chapter 4 - Page 7
The contexts should appear as follows:

3. Create an ORACLE_ORCL_LOCAL data server:
a. Click the Physical Architecture tab. Expand the Technologies node, scroll down
and select the Oracle node, and then right-click and select New Data Server.


b. Enter the following information on the Definition tab:
Name: ORACLE_ORCL_LOCAL
Instance / dblink (Data Server): ORCL
R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 4: Describing the Physical and Logical Architecture
Chapter 4 - Page 8
User: ODI
Password: ODI


c. Click the JDBC tab. Click the button to the right of the JDBC Driver field. In the
window that appears, select Oracle JDBC Driver, and then click OK.



R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 4: Describing the Physical and Logical Architecture
Chapter 4 - Page 9
d. Click the button to the right of the JDBC URL field. In the URL examples window,
select the first URL in the Name list, and click OK.


e. Edit the JDBC URL to have the following:
URL: jdbc:oracle:thin:@localhost:1521:ORCL
The JDBC tab should now appear as follows:



R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 4: Describing the Physical and Logical Architecture
Chapter 4 - Page 10
4. Test this data server:
a. Click the Test Connection button. In the Confirmation dialog box, click OK to confirm
saving your data before testing the connection. In the Information window, click OK.




b. In the Test Connection dialog box, click the Test button. In the Information dialog
box that reports a successful connection, click OK.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 4: Describing the Physical and Logical Architecture
Chapter 4 - Page 11


5. Create a physical schema for the newly created ORACLE_ORCL_LOCAL data server. Name
the physical schema ORACLE_ORCL_LOCAL.SALES_DEV with the following parameters:
Data Schema: SALES_DEV
Work Schema: STAGING
Default check box: Selected

a. Expand the Oracle node. Right-click the newly created data server
ORACLE_ORCL_LOCAL, and then select New Physical Schema.


b. In the new window that appears, select SALES_DEV from the Schema (Schema)
drop-down list, and then select STAGING from the Schema (Work Schema)
drop-down list. Select the Default check box. In the Confirmation window that appears,
R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 4: Describing the Physical and Logical Architecture
Chapter 4 - Page 12
click OK. Leave all the other fields unchanged. Click the Save button . Click OK in
the Information window that appears.



c. Expand: Oracle > ORACLE_ORCL_LOCAL. The Physical schema
ORACLE_ORCL_LOCAL.SALES_DEV appears in the tree view:


6. Create a second physical schema for the ORACLE_ORCL_LOCAL data server. Name it
ORACLE_ORCL_LOCAL.SALES_PROD:
Data Schema: SALES_PROD
Work Schema: STAGING
Default Schema: Not selected
R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 4: Describing the Physical and Logical Architecture
Chapter 4 - Page 13
a. Select the ORACLE_ORCL_LOCAL data server in the tree view, and then right-click
and select New Physical Schema.

b. In the new window that appears, select SALES_PROD from the Schema (Schema)
drop-down list, and then select STAGING from the Schema (Work Schema)
drop-down list. Confirm that the Default check box is not selected, and leave all the
other fields unchanged. Click the Save button . In the Information window, click
OK.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 4: Describing the Physical and Logical Architecture
Chapter 4 - Page 14
7. Create a logical schema, ORACLE_ORCL_LOCAL_SALES, and map this schema to different
physical schemas, for the different contexts.
Development Context: To the ORACLE_ORCL_LOCAL.SALES_DEV physical schema
Production Context: To the ORACLE_ORCL_LOCAL.SALES_PROD physical schema
Global Context: To the ORACLE_ORCL_LOCAL.SALES_DEV physical schema
a. In Topology Manager, select the Logical Architecture tab and expand the
Technologies node. Select Oracle, right-click and select New Logical Schema.


b. Enter the name of the logical schema: ORACLE_ORCL_LOCAL_SALES. To map this
logical schema to physical schemas in different contexts, from the drop-down lists,
select the appropriate physical schema for each context, as shown in the following
screen. Click the Save button.


8. The logical schema FILE_DEMO_SRC is predefined for you and is mapped in the
predefined Global context to a physical schema that represents a subfolder in a file system.
Map FILE_DEMO_SRC to the same physical schemas in the new Development and
Production contexts that you defined earlier.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 4: Describing the Physical and Logical Architecture
Chapter 4 - Page 15
a. In the Logical Architecture, expand the File node, and double-click the
FILE_DEMO_SRC logical schema. Ensure that the logical schema FILE_DEMO_SRC
is mapped to the physical schemas in the Development, Global, and Production
contexts, as follows. Click the Save button.



b. Repeat the previous step for the following logical schemas:
In XML technology, the logical schema XML_DIM_GEO should be mapped to the
physical schema XML_GEO_DIM.GEO, as follows. Click the Save button.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 4: Describing the Physical and Logical Architecture
Chapter 4 - Page 16
In Hypersonic SQL, the logical schema HSQL_DEMO_SRC should be mapped to
the physical schema HSQL_LOCALHOST_20001_Default in all contexts.


In Hypersonic SQL, the logical schema HSQL_DEMO_TARG should be mapped to
the physical schema HSQL_LOCALHOST_20002_Default, as follows.



R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 4: Describing the Physical and Logical Architecture
Chapter 4 - Page 17
Note: Ensure that these mappings are similar in the three contexts. Close all the tabs, as
shown. If you are prompted to save your changes, click Yes.


9. You have set up ODI agent localagent in Practice 3-1. Now, link the Logical agent to the
Physical agent in all three contexts and test the connection.
a. In the Physical Architecture, expand the Agents node, and open the Physical agent
localagent. Similarly, open the Logical agent, localagent, in the Logical Architecture.
Ensure that this Logical agent, localagent, is linked to Physical agent localagent in all
three contexts as follows. Save your changes.





R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 4: Describing the Physical and Logical Architecture
Chapter 4 - Page 18
b. In the Physical agents localagent tab, click Test, and verify successful connection.
Click OK, and then close all the tabs.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 5: Setting Up a New ODI Project
Chapter 5 - Page 1
Practices for Lesson 5:
Setting Up a New ODI Project
Chapter 5

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 5: Setting Up a New ODI Project
Chapter 5 - Page 2
Practices for Lesson 5: Overview
Practices Overview
In this practice, you create a new ODI project and import Knowledge Modules that will be used
in subsequent practice sessions.
R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 5: Setting Up a New ODI Project
Chapter 5 - Page 3
Practice 5-1: Setting Up a New ODI Project
Use Case Scenario:
John is responsible for an integration project, which includes data loading, transformation, and
validation. He created contexts, a data server, and physical and logical schemas in the
Topology. To start an integration project, John needs to create a new ODI project and import
knowledge modules that will be used for development of his project.
Background:
Now you assume the role of a project leader who is starting an integration project.
You create a project named HandsOnLoads with a folder named HandsOn. You import
knowledge modules for working with three sources (Hypersonic SQL, XML, and File) and one
target (Oracle.)
Note: Completing this practice is critical for all the following practice sessions.

Your Tasks:
1. Create a project, HandsOnLoads, with a folder called HandsOn.
a. In Designer Navigator, click the Projects tab, click the New Project icon, and then
select New Project.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 5: Setting Up a New ODI Project
Chapter 5 - Page 4
b. Enter the name of the project: HandsOnLoads. The Code field is automatically filled
with your Name field entry.

c. Click the Save button to create the project. The project appears in the tree view.
Expand the HandsOnLoads project node.

d. ODI creates a folder named FirstFolder. Double-click this folder. In the editing window
that appears, change the name in the Name field to HandsOn. Click Save.



R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 5: Setting Up a New ODI Project
Chapter 5 - Page 5
2. Import the knowledge modules that are required for working with the following technologies:
Sources:
Hypersonic SQL, XML, File
Targets:
Oracle

a. Select the HandsOnLoads project node. Right-click, and then select Import > Import
Knowledge Modules.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 5: Setting Up a New ODI Project
Chapter 5 - Page 6
b. The Import Knowledge Modules (XML File) window appears. The File import directory
field is filled with the path to an XML-reference folder.

c. Select the following knowledge modules that will be used in this project. Use the Ctrl
key and scroll down the list to make multiple selections. Be very careful in making your
selections, as there are several knowledge modules that have similar names. Click OK.
CKM HSQL
CKM Oracle
IKM Oracle Incremental Update (not IKM Oracle AW Incremental Update)
IKM SQL Control Append
LKM File to SQL
LKM SQL to Oracle


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 5: Setting Up a New ODI Project
Chapter 5 - Page 7
d. Review the Import Report, and then click Close.

e. Check the imported knowledge modules by expanding corresponding nodes under
HandsOnLoads > Knowledge Modules, as shown here:



R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 5: Setting Up a New ODI Project
Chapter 5 - Page 8
Close the HandsOnLoads and HandsOn tabs.


3. Now, look at global knowledge modules. Introduced in ODI 11.1.1.6, global knowledge
modules enable you to share specific knowledge modules across multiple projects.
In previous versions of ODI, knowledge modules were always specific to a project and
could only be used within the project into which they were imported.
A best practice is to import as global knowledge modules those that will be frequently
used by multiple projects.
- One benefit is that you only need to import the knowledge module once, rather than
import it into each project using it.
- Another benefit is that if you need to modify the knowledge module, the modification
will propagate to all projects using the knowledge module.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 5: Setting Up a New ODI Project
Chapter 5 - Page 9

a. In the Designer navigator, expand the Global Objects tab. Expand the Global
Knowledge Modules node.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 5: Setting Up a New ODI Project
Chapter 5 - Page 10
b. Right-click Loading (LKM) and select Import Knowledge Modules.


c. The Import Knowledge Modules (XML File) window appears. Scroll down the list and
select IKM SQL to SQL Control Append. Click OK.


d. The Import Report appears, showing IKM SQL to SQL Control Append. Click CLOSE.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 5: Setting Up a New ODI Project
Chapter 5 - Page 11
e. In the Global Knowledge Modules node, expand Integration (IKM). Observe the IKM
SQL to SQL Control Append knowledge module is ready to be shared among multiple
projects.

Note: This example is to practice creating global knowledge modules. You will not be
using this knowledge module in subsequent lab practices.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 5: Setting Up a New ODI Project
Chapter 5 - Page 12

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 6: Oracle Data Integrator Model Concepts
Chapter 6 - Page 1
Practices for Lesson 6:
Oracle Data Integrator Model
Concepts
Chapter 6

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 6: Oracle Data Integrator Model Concepts
Chapter 6 - Page 2
Practices for Lesson 6: Overview
Practices Overview
In this practice, you create the models corresponding to the data, and reverse-engineer the
schemas data structures.
R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 6: Oracle Data Integrator Model Concepts
Chapter 6 - Page 3
Practice 6-1: Creating a Model
Use Case Scenario:
John created a new ODI project and imported knowledge modules that will be used for the
development of his integration project. Now, John needs to create new ODI Models and
reverse-engineer all tables and files into the models.
Background:
In the previous practice, you configured the schemas containing the application data stored in
the Oracle database. You now create the Oracle Sales Application model corresponding
to this data and reverse-engineer the schemas data structures. You also reverse-engineer the
structure of an XML file to a Geographic Information model that you define.



R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 6: Oracle Data Integrator Model Concepts
Chapter 6 - Page 4
Your Tasks:
1. Start the ODI Demo source environment: Select Start > Programs > Oracle > Oracle Data
Integrator > Shortcut to start the demonstration. If the Open File Security Warning
window appears, click Run. The OracleDI Demo Source command shell window and
two other command shell windows open.


The ODI startdemo demonstration environment provides databases that contain some
of the data used in this courses practices. Source and target data servers, as well as a
demonstration repository data server, are started.


Note: You should keep these three command shell windows running (minimized) for all
remaining lab practices in this course, along with the localagent command shell
window.


2. Create a model for the Oracle schema.
a. In the Designer Navigator, click the Models tab.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 6: Oracle Data Integrator Model Concepts
Chapter 6 - Page 5
b. Click the New Model icon and then select New Model.

c. Specify (enter or select) the following parameters on the Definition tab:
Name: Oracle Sales Application
Code: ORACLE_SALES_APPLICATION
Technology: Oracle
Logical Schema: ORACLE_ORCL_LOCAL_SALES
The Definition tab should appear as shown:


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 6: Oracle Data Integrator Model Concepts
Chapter 6 - Page 6
d. Click the Reverse Engineer tab, and select Development from the Context drop-down
list. Click Save.



3. Reverse-engineer all the tables in this model.
a. Right-click Oracle Sales Application model and select the Reverse Engineer option. If
the Confirmation window appears, click Yes.
Note: The progress of the reverse-engineering process is shown on the status bar.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 6: Oracle Data Integrator Model Concepts
Chapter 6 - Page 7
b. Verify the model reverse-engineered successfully. In the tree view, expand the Oracle
Sales Application model. The datastores of the model appear.




R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 6: Oracle Data Integrator Model Concepts
Chapter 6 - Page 8
Expand the TRG_CUSTOMER datastore, and then expand the Columns and Constraints
nodes. The list of columns and constraints that were reverse-engineered for this table
appear in the tree view. Check that the columns and constraints that were reverse-
engineered for the TRG_CUSTOMER table correspond to its data definition language (DDL)
given below. Close the tabs.


Create table TRG_CUSTOMER (
CUST_ID NUMERIC(10) not null,
DEAR VARCHAR(4),
CUST_NAME VARCHAR(50),
ADDRESS VARCHAR(100),
CITY_ID NUMERIC(10) not null,
PHONE VARCHAR(50),
AGE NUMERIC(3),
AGE_RANGE VARCHAR(50),
SALES_PERS VARCHAR(50),
CRE_DATE DATE,
UPD_DATE DATE,
constraint PK_TRG_CUSTOMER primary key (CUST_ID),
constraint FK_CUST_CITY foreign key (CITY_ID)
references TRG_CITY (CITY_ID));

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 6: Oracle Data Integrator Model Concepts
Chapter 6 - Page 9
Note: The constraint called FK_SALES_CUST TRG_SALES is defined on another table.
As it references TRG_CUSTOMER, it also appears here.
4. Create a model for an XML file.
a. Click the New Model icon and then select New Model.

b. Specify (enter or select) the following parameters on the Definition tab:
Name: Geographic Information
Code: GEOGRAPHIC_INFORMATION
Technology: XML
Logical Schema: XML_DIM_GEO
c. The Definition tab should appear as below. Click the Reverse Engineer tab.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 6: Oracle Data Integrator Model Concepts
Chapter 6 - Page 10
d. Select Development from the Context drop-down list. Click Save.

5. Reverse-engineer all the tables in this model.
a. In the Models tree view, right-click Geographic Information model and select the
Reverse Engineer option.
Note: The progress of the reverse-engineering process is shown on the status bar.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 6: Oracle Data Integrator Model Concepts
Chapter 6 - Page 11
b. Verify that the model reverse-engineered successfully. In the tree view, expand the
Geographic Information model. The datastores of the model appear.


6. Open the XML file GEO_DIM.xml corresponding to the XML model that you have reverse-
engineered. The file is at the following location:
C:\oracle\Middleware\Oracle_ODI1\oracledi\demo\xml
a. Open Windows Explorer, and go to the
C:\oracle\Middleware\Oracle_ODI1\oracledi\demo\xml directory.
b. Right-click the GEO_DIM.xml file and select Open.
c. The XML file opens in Internet Explorer. The file structure appears as shown here:

The file hierarchy is GEOGRAPHY_DIM > country > region > city > and so on.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 6: Oracle Data Integrator Model Concepts
Chapter 6 - Page 12
7. Compare the XML file content with the reverse-engineered structure in the Hierarchical
view. In Designers tree view, expand the Geographic Information node, and then the
Hierarchy node. Expand the datastores under this node.

The hierarchy of the XML file is reproduced here. The XML file has been mapped to a
relational structure, with foreign keys to map the links between the different levels of
hierarchy.
Close the Geographic Information model tab .
R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 7: Organizing ODI Models and Creating ODI Datastores
Chapter 7 - Page 1
Practices for Lesson 7:
Organizing ODI Models and
Creating ODI Datastores
Chapter 7

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 7: Organizing ODI Models and Creating ODI Datastores
Chapter 7 - Page 2
Practices for Lesson 7: Overview
Practices Overview
In this practice, you check the quality of data in the models and define constraints on these
models.
R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 7: Organizing ODI Models and Creating ODI Datastores
Chapter 7 - Page 3
Practice 7-1: Checking Data Quality in the Model
Use Case Scenario:
John created new ODI Models and reverse-engineered all the tables and files in the models.
Now, John needs to check the quality of data in the models, define the constraints on the
models, and detect possible errors in data.
Background:
After the models are defined, you need to check the quality of the data in these models. In this
practice, you check the quality of data in the models and define constraints on models for the
given sample application.
First, you create a new model, HSQL_ORDERS_APPLICATION, as a duplicate of the model
HSQL_SRC.
You then create a referential constraint on the SRC_CUSTOMER tables CITY_ID column by
using SRC_CITY as the parent table.
Next, you create a condition constraint on the SRC_CUSTOMER table:
Length(SRC_CUSTOMER.PHONE) > 6
Note: Completing this practice is critical for all the following practice sessions.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 7: Organizing ODI Models and Creating ODI Datastores
Chapter 7 - Page 4
Your Tasks:
1. Create a new model, HSQL_ORDERS_APPLICATION, as a duplicate of the model
HSQL_SRC.
a. In Designer, open the Models tab. Right-click HSQL_SRC model and select Duplicate
Selection to duplicate the datastore. Click Yes.


b. Open Copy of HSQL_SRC and rename it as HSQL Orders Application. For Code,
enter HSQL_ORDERS_APPLICATION. Click Save to save the model. If you get a
warning message, click Yes to finish saving.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 7: Organizing ODI Models and Creating ODI Datastores
Chapter 7 - Page 5



2. Create a Reference constraint between the SRC_CUSTOMER and SRC_CITY datastores in
the new model. This reference is on the CITY_ID column.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 7: Organizing ODI Models and Creating ODI Datastores
Chapter 7 - Page 6
a. Expand the HSQL Orders Application model, and expand the SRC_CUSTOMER
datastore.

b. Select the Constraints node, right-click, and select the New Reference option.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 7: Organizing ODI Models and Creating ODI Datastores
Chapter 7 - Page 7
c. From the Table drop-down list, select the SRC_CITY table. The name of the constraint
is automatically generated. Click the Columns tab.


d. Click the Add icon, and use drop-down lists to select the CITY_ID column for both
tables of reference. (Note that the Primary Table column is City, which you want to
also change to CITY_ID.) Click Save.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 7: Organizing ODI Models and Creating ODI Datastores
Chapter 7 - Page 8
3. Create a Condition constraint on SRC_CUSTOMER to check that the phone number contains
six or more characters.
a. Select the Constraints node again for SRC_CUSTOMER, right-click, and select the New
Condition option.

Enter Phone Number Length in the Name field.
Select Oracle Data Integrator Condition from the Type drop-down list.
Enter the following expression in the Where field:
LENGTH(SRC_CUSTOMER.PHONE) > 6
In the Message field, enter A phone number should contain more than 6
characters.
Note: You can also use the Expression Editor icon to graphically edit the
expression.
b. Click the Validation icon to validate your expression syntax.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 7: Organizing ODI Models and Creating ODI Datastores
Chapter 7 - Page 9
On the Oracle Data Integration Information screen, click OK. Click Save to add the
condition, and then close the tab.

4. Run a static check on the HSQL Orders Application model.
a. Select the HSQL Orders Application model tab and click the Control tab.

b. Select the knowledge module CKM HSQL.HandsOnLoads. Click Save. Close the
HSQL Orders Application model tab.



R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 7: Organizing ODI Models and Creating ODI Datastores
Chapter 7 - Page 10
5. Select the HSQL Orders Application model in the tree view, right-click, and select Control
> Check.

a. In the Execution dialog box, select Development context and then click OK.

b. Click OK when the Information dialog box notifies you that the session has started.



R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 7: Organizing ODI Models and Creating ODI Datastores
Chapter 7 - Page 11
6. Click the Operator Navigator icon tab . The Operator window appears.
Click the Hierarchical Sessions tab. Expand the All Executions node. Expand the HSQL
Orders Application session. Expand its Steps node. The session should appear complete,
containing steps marked with check marks and warnings, as shown here.

Note: You can optionally review the content of this session and see the different SQL
commands issued to perform the check operations.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 7: Organizing ODI Models and Creating ODI Datastores
Chapter 7 - Page 12
7. Review the errors detected in the SRC_CUSTOMER datastore.
a. Click the Designer navigator tab. On the Models tab, expand the HSQL Orders
Application model, select the SRC_CUSTOMER datastore, right-click, and select
Control > Errors.

b. View the table that lists the errors detected in your table. You have one join error and
seven invalid phone numbers. Each line also contains the content of the invalid record.

c. Close these tabs.
R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 8: ODI Interface Concepts
Chapter 8 - Page 1
Practices for Lesson 8: ODI
Interface Concepts
Chapter 8

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 8: ODI Interface Concepts
Chapter 8 - Page 2
Practices for Lesson 8: Overview
Practice Overview
In this practice, you create simple interfaces, run these interfaces, and verify the execution.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 8: ODI Interface Concepts
Chapter 8 - Page 3
Practice 8-1: Creating ODI Interface: Simple Transformations
Use Case Scenario:
John created the new ODI models and reverse-engineered all the tables and files in the models,
defined the constraints on the models, and checked data quality. Now, John begins working on
creating ODI Interfaces to pass data between models and perform simple data transformations.
These interfaces will then be used for the development of his integration project.
Background:
After the models are defined and the quality of the data is verified, you need to create an ODI
Interface to perform transformations. In this practice, you create simple interfaces with one
target table and a single source. You will run these interfaces and check the execution.
In this practice, you create three interfaces. First, you create an interface called INT_8-1,
loading the TRG_COUNTRY datastore in the Oracle Sales Application model with the content of
the SRC_REGION table from the HSQL Orders Application model. This simple interface has no
transformations.
The second interface, INT_8-2, is a duplicate of INT_8-1, to which flow control is activated,
and constraints in the target table are checked.
The third interface, INT_8-3, loads the TRG_COUNTRY datastore in the Oracle Sales
Application model with the content of the SRC_CITY table from the HSQL Orders Application
model. In this interface, flow control is activated, constraints in the target table are checked, and
city population values are transformed from individual to times 1,000.
Note: Completing this practice is critical for other practice sessions.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 8: ODI Interface Concepts
Chapter 8 - Page 4
Your Tasks:
1. Create an interface called INT_8-1, loading the TRG_COUNTRY datastore in the Oracle
Sales Application model with the content of the SRC_REGION table from the HSQL Orders
Application model. You must map the columns of the same name without any
transformation. Ensure that you take only distinct records.
a. In Designer, click the Projects tab, and expand the HandsOnLoads project. Expand
the HandsOn folder. Select the Interfaces node, right-click, and select the New
Interface option.

b. In the Interface window, enter INT_8-1 as the name of the interface. Ensure that the
Optimization Context is Global. Click the Mapping tab.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 8: ODI Interface Concepts
Chapter 8 - Page 5
c. In the Designer Navigator to the left, click the Models tab. In the tree view, expand the
Oracle Sales Application model. Drag the TRG_COUNTRY datastore from the tree
view to the Target Datastore zone (see the following screen: the panel to the right of
the panel with text stating Drag datastores. as sources for this dataset). The
datastore appears in this zone.



R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 8: ODI Interface Concepts
Chapter 8 - Page 6
d. Expand the HSQL Orders Application model and drag the SRC_REGION datastore
from the model tree to the Sources zone of your diagram (the panel to the left of the
target panel). An Automap dialog box appears. Click Yes. Now the system
automatically maps fields in the source and target datastores.




R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 8: ODI Interface Concepts
Chapter 8 - Page 7
e. Click the Flow tab. After the flow diagram initializes, you may want to use the zoom-out
button to see all the objects in the diagram. Within the diagram, click the box for Target
+ Staging Area that is labeled Target (ORACLE_ORCL_LOCAL), then in the Target
Area Property Inspector panel, select the Distinct Rows check box. If open, click the
button to minimize the Messages log. Your screen now looks as shown here.
Note: Confirm that the Distinct Rows check box is selected.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 8: ODI Interface Concepts
Chapter 8 - Page 8
f. Click Save to save your interface. If the Locking Object window appears, select Dont
show this window next time, and click Yes.

2. Run this interface, and check the content of the TRG_COUNTRY table.
a. Expand the Interfaces node, right-click the newly created interface INT_8-1, and then
select Execute.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 8: ODI Interface Concepts
Chapter 8 - Page 9
b. Click OK in the Execution window, and then click OK when the Session Started
message appears.


c. Click the Operator tab to open the ODI Operator Navigator. The Operator window
appears.
Note: In Operator, you may need to click the Refresh button to view the new
session.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 8: ODI Interface Concepts
Chapter 8 - Page 10
d. In the Session List tab, expand the All Executions node. The session called INT_8-
1 should appear complete. Expand this session in the tree view as shown:


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 8: ODI Interface Concepts
Chapter 8 - Page 11
e. In your interface window, click the Mapping tab. In Target datastore
TRG_COUNTRY, right-click COUNTRY, and then select Data.

f. A window appears with the loaded data.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 8: ODI Interface Concepts
Chapter 8 - Page 12
g. Verify your data and close this window. Close INT_8-1 tab. If the Unlocking Object
window appears, select Dont show this window next time check box and click Yes.

3. Create an interface called INT_8-2 that loads the TRG_REGION datastore in the Oracle
Sales Application model with the content of the SRC_REGION table from the Orders
ApplicationHSQL model. You must map the columns of the same name without any
transformation. Ensure that flow control is activated and all constraints in the target table
are checked.
Note: Because this new interface uses the same source as the previous one, you will
duplicate it.
a. Click the Designer tab. Expand the Projects tab, the HandsOnLoads project, and the
HandsOn folder. Expand the Interfaces node and select INT_8-1. Right-click and
select Duplicate Selection, and then click Yes in the confirmation box. A copy of your
interface appears.



R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 8: ODI Interface Concepts
Chapter 8 - Page 13
b. Double-click the interface Copy of INT_8-1 to edit it.

c. In the Name field, change the name to INT_8-2, and then click the Mapping tab.

d. Click the perform layout button to customize the view of the Source zone. In the
Confirmation window, click Yes.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 8: ODI Interface Concepts
Chapter 8 - Page 14
e. In the Designer, click the Models tab, and then drag the TRG_REGION datastore from
the Oracle Sales Application model to the Target Datastore zone. Leave the source
datastore unchanged. Click Yes to perform automatic mapping.



R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 8: ODI Interface Concepts
Chapter 8 - Page 15


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 8: ODI Interface Concepts
Chapter 8 - Page 16
f. Click the Flow tab. In the diagram, click the box labeled Target
(ORACLE_ORCL_LOCAL). In the Target Area Property Inspector section, scroll
down the IKM option list to FLOW_CONTROL, and ensure that it is set to true.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 8: ODI Interface Concepts
Chapter 8 - Page 17
g. Click the Controls tab. Ensure that the selected knowledge module in the CKM
Selector is CKM Oracle. In the Constraints section, the value for each Constraint
should be true.

h. Click Save to save your interface.

4. Run this interface, and check the content of the TRG_REGION table.
a. Click Execute.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 8: ODI Interface Concepts
Chapter 8 - Page 18
b. Click OK in the Execution window, and then click OK when the Session Started
message appears.



R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 8: ODI Interface Concepts
Chapter 8 - Page 19
5. In ODI Operator, verify that your new interface executed successfully. You may need to
refresh the list by contracting and then expanding the All Executions node in the Session
List:

a. In the Interface window, click the Mapping tab. Select the TRG_REGION target
datastore (click the name of the datastore), right-click, and select Data. A window
appears with the loaded data.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 8: ODI Interface Concepts
Chapter 8 - Page 20
b. Verify the data, close this window, and then close your interface INT_8-2.

6. Create an interface called INT_8-3 that loads the TRG_CITY datastore in the Oracle Sales
Application model with the content of the SRC_CITY table from the HSQL Orders
Application model. Ensure that flow control is activated and all constraints in the target table
are checked. You need to transform the city population values because the target table unit
is thousands of inhabitants, whereas the source table unit is inhabitants.
a. If not open, click the Designer tab, and click the Projects tab. Expand
HandsOnLoads project and the HandsOn folder. Right-click the Interfaces node and
select New Interface.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 8: ODI Interface Concepts
Chapter 8 - Page 21
b. In the Interface Definition tab, enter the name INT_8-3, and keep the default
Optimization Context selection, Development. Click the Mapping tab.

c. If not open, click the Models tab. In the tree view, expand the Oracle Sales
Application model. Drag the TRG_CITY datastore from the tree view to the Target
Datastore zone. The datastore appears in this zone.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 8: ODI Interface Concepts
Chapter 8 - Page 22

d. Expand the HSQL Orders Application model and drag the SRC_CITY datastore from
the model tree to the Sources zone of your diagram. Click Yes to perform Automatic
Mapping.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 8: ODI Interface Concepts
Chapter 8 - Page 23

e. Select the POPULATION column in the target datastore.

f. In the Mapping Properties section of the Property Inspector, in the Implementation
tab, edit the expression to populate the POPULATION column with the number of
thousands of inhabitants rounded to the nearest thousand. Edit the expression to have
the following: FLOOR(SRC_CITY.POPULATION/1000)
Note: You use the FLOOR function to perform rounding.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 8: ODI Interface Concepts
Chapter 8 - Page 24

g. To verify the expression, click Check the Expression in the DBMS button . Click
OK.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 8: ODI Interface Concepts
Chapter 8 - Page 25
h. Click the Flow tab. Click the box labeled Target (ORACLE_ORCL_LOCAL). In the
Target Properties, scroll down the IKM option list to FLOW_CONTROL, and ensure
that it is set to true.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 8: ODI Interface Concepts
Chapter 8 - Page 26
i. Click the Controls tab. Ensure that the selected CKM is CKM Oracle. The value for
each Constraint should be true. Click Save to save your interface. Close your
interface editor tab.


7. Change an HSQL Data Server setting, to deal with a batch processing compatibility issue
between ODI and the latest version of HSQL Demo.
a. In Topology Manager, click the Physical Architecture tab, expand Technologies,
expand Hypersonic SQL, and double-click the HSQL_LOCALHOST_20001 data
server.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 8: ODI Interface Concepts
Chapter 8 - Page 27
b. In the Definition tab, increase Array Fetch Size and Batch Update Size from 30 to 300.
Click Save.


8. Run this interface, and check the content of the TRG_CITY table.
a. In the Designer Projects tab, right-click interface INT_8-3, and then select Execute.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 8: ODI Interface Concepts
Chapter 8 - Page 28
b. Click OK in the Execution window, and then click OK when the Session started
message appears.


c. Open the Operator Navigator and verify that your interface session executed
successfully:

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 8: ODI Interface Concepts
Chapter 8 - Page 29
Note: In Operator, you may need to click the Refresh button .


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 8: ODI Interface Concepts
Chapter 8 - Page 30
d. In the Designer navigator, open the Models tab. In the Oracle Sales Application
model, right-click the TRG_CITY datastore and select the Data option. A window
appears with the loaded data. Scroll down and view the total number of loaded records
and loaded data.



R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 8: ODI Interface Concepts
Chapter 8 - Page 31
e. Verify the data, and then close this window.
Note: The POPULATION column should show thousands of inhabitants.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s

Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.


Practices for Lesson 8: ODI Interface Concepts
Chapter 8 - Page 32

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 9: Designing Interfaces
Chapter 9 - Page 1
Practices for Lesson 9:
Designing Interfaces
Chapter 9

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 9: Designing Interfaces
Chapter 9 - Page 2
Practices for Lesson 9: Overview
Practices Overview
In Practice 9-1, you create an interface with several sources. In Practice 9-2, you implement a
lookup by using the Interface created in the previous practice, perform execution simulation, and
run the newly created Interface.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 9: Designing Interfaces
Chapter 9 - Page 3
Practice 9-1: Creating ODI Interface: Complex Transformations
Use Case Scenario:
John created the interfaces to pass data between models and perform simple ELT
transformations. Now, John needs to create a more complex interface to load data in the target
model from different sources. He also needs to perform some data transformation and filtering,
and provide a date when data was updated.
Background:
In the previous practices, you learned how to create a simple ODI Interface.
In this practice, you create a more complex interface with several sources to load the
TRG_CUSTOMER datastore in the Oracle Sales Application model with the content of
SRC_CUSTOMER table and the SRC_SALES_PERSON files from different models. You apply
filtering to retrieve only customers with CUST_ID < 105. In addition, you populate the update
date (UPD_DATE) column with the system date in the mapping implementation field.
Note: Completing this practice is critical for all the following practice sessions.

Your Tasks:
1. Create an interface called INT_9-1, loading the TRG_CUSTOMER datastore in the Oracle
Sales Application model.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 9: Designing Interfaces
Chapter 9 - Page 4
a. In ODI Designer, click the Projects tab, and then the Interfaces node. Right-click and
select New Interface.

b. In the Interface window, enter INT_9-1, set Optimization Context to Development,
and then click the Mapping tab.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 9: Designing Interfaces
Chapter 9 - Page 5
c. In the Designer Navigator, click the Models tab, and then in the tree view, expand the
Oracle Sales Application model. Drag the TRG_CUSTOMER datastore from the tree
view to the Target Datastore zone. The datastore appears in this zone.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 9: Designing Interfaces
Chapter 9 - Page 6

d. In the Design navigator Models tab, expand the FLAT_FILE_SRC model. Drag the
SRC_SALES_PERSON datastore to the Sources zone of your diagram.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 9: Designing Interfaces
Chapter 9 - Page 7


e. In the Design navigator Models tab, expand the HSQL Orders Application model and
drag the SRC_CUSTOMER datastore to the Sources zone of your diagram. Click Yes
to perform Automatic mapping. If necessary, rearrange the datastores. Your diagram
should resemble the following:

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 9: Designing Interfaces
Chapter 9 - Page 8
.
f. Staying within the Sources zone of your diagram, drag the SALES_PERS_ID column
from the SRC_CUSTOMER source datastore to the ID column of the
SRC_SALES_PERSON datastore. A join appears between these two sources.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 9: Designing Interfaces
Chapter 9 - Page 9

g. Select and drag the CUSTID column from the SRC_CUSTOMER source datastore to
the CUST_ID column in the TRG_CUSTOMER target datastore. Select the CUST_ID
column in the Target Datastore zone. The CUST_ID Property Inspector panel shows
the mapping.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 9: Designing Interfaces
Chapter 9 - Page 10
Note: Ensure that the Active Mapping check box is selected for the CUST_ID column of
the target datastore.
h. Select the CUST_NAME column in the Target Datastore zone. The CUST_NAME
Property Inspector panel changes to show an empty Implementation tab in the
Mapping Properties section.

Note: You may find it useful to select the Freeze View button before you perform the
next step.
i. Drag the FIRST_NAME and LAST_NAME columns from the SRC_CUSTOMER
source to the Mapping: CUST_NAME Implementation Tab field, and then edit the
mapping to have the following mapping expression:
INITCAP(SRC_CUSTOMER.FIRST_NAME) || ' ' ||
INITCAP(SRC_CUSTOMER.LAST_NAME)

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 9: Designing Interfaces
Chapter 9 - Page 11
Note: Ensure that the Active Mapping check box is selected for the CUST_NAME
column of the target datastore.




j. Scroll down and select the Staging Area button on the Execute on panel.
Note: If the Thumbnail window is open, close it to extend the Mapping panel


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 9: Designing Interfaces
Chapter 9 - Page 12


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 9: Designing Interfaces
Chapter 9 - Page 13
k. Drag the LASTNAME column from the SRC_SALES_PERSON source datastore to the
SALES_PERS column in the target datastore. Click the SALES_PERS column in the
target datastore, and then edit the mapping to have the following mapping expression:
UPPER(TES.LASTNAME). Click the Staging Area option from the Execute on panel.




l. Select the UPD_DATE column in the Target Datastore zone and enter the SYSDATE in
the Mapping implementation field. Click the UPD_DATE column again, and then select
the Staging Area option from the Execute on panel.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 9: Designing Interfaces
Chapter 9 - Page 14
Note: Ensure that the Active Mapping check box is selected for the UPD_DATE
column of the target datastore.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 9: Designing Interfaces
Chapter 9 - Page 15
m. Repeat step l for the CRE_DATE column. Because the value of the CRE_DATE column
should not be changed later, deselect the Update check box. Ensure that the Staging
Area option is selected from the Execute on panel.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 9: Designing Interfaces
Chapter 9 - Page 16
n. In the diagram, drag the CUSTID column from the SRC_CUSTOMER source to the
workbench (the gray background). A filter appears for the CUSTID column.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 9: Designing Interfaces
Chapter 9 - Page 17
o. Edit the filter expression to have SRC_CUSTOMER.CUSTID < 105. Scroll down and
ensure that the Source option from the Execute on panel is selected.

p. Click the Flow tab. Click SrcSet0 (FILE_GENERIC). In the Source Set Properties,
select LKM File to SQL.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 9: Designing Interfaces
Chapter 9 - Page 18
Note: The source objects in your flow diagrams may not match the screens shown in
the practice. The flow diagram editor may reposition the source objects. For example,
the SRC_CUSTOMER table may appear above the SRC_SALES_PERSON.

q. In the Flow tab, click the Target(ORACLE_ORCL_LOCAL) target datastore. In the
Target Properties panel, set the option DELETE_ALL to the value true as shown
next. Click the Save button to save the interface.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 9: Designing Interfaces
Chapter 9 - Page 19
Note: By setting DELETE_ALL to true, you ensure that the table is cleared before
you populate it with new data.

2. Run this interface, and check the content of the TRG_CUSTOMER table.
a. In the Projects tab, select interface INT_9-1. Click the Execute button .
b. Click OK in the Execution window, and then click OK when the Session started
message appears. Open Operator, and verify that your Interface executed
successfully.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 9: Designing Interfaces
Chapter 9 - Page 20
Note: In ODI Operator Navigator, you may need to click the Refresh icon .




R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 9: Designing Interfaces
Chapter 9 - Page 21
c. Return to Designer, click the Mapping tab, and select the TRG_CUSTOMER target
datastore (click the name of the datastore). Right-click and select the Data option. A
window appears with the loaded data.



d. Close this window, and then close your interface.
R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 9: Designing Interfaces
Chapter 9 - Page 22
Practice 9-2: Creating ODI Interface: Implementing Lookup
Use Case Scenario:
John created an interface to load data in the target model from different sources and perform
data transformation and filtering, and provided a date when data was updated. Now, John
needs to implement a lookup to fetch additional information for the data loading in the target.
Background:
In the previous practices, you created an interface with several sources to load the
TRG_CUSTOMER datastore in the Oracle Sales Application model with the content of the
SRC_CUSTOMER table and the SRC_SALES_PERSON files from different models. Now, you
implement the lookup to load data in the target according to the age range provided in the
lookup table.
Note: Completing this practice is critical for all the following practice sessions.

Your Tasks:
1. Create an ODI Interface with a new lookup.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 9: Designing Interfaces
Chapter 9 - Page 23
a. In the Designer, duplicate interface INT_9-1. Open the copy of INT_9-1 and rename
the interface INT_9-2. Ensure that the Staging Area Different From Target check box
is deselected. Click the Mapping tab.



R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 9: Designing Interfaces
Chapter 9 - Page 24
b. In the Mapping tab, click the button to arrange the datastores in the source pane.
In the Confirmation window, click Yes. Click the Add a new Lookup icon.

c. In the Lookup Tables Wizard, select the SRC_CUSTOMER table in the Driving Table
pane. In the Lookup Table pane, expand the FLAT_FILE_SRC model, and then select
SRC_AGE_GROUP. For alias, enter LKUP_AGE_RANGE, and then click Next.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 9: Designing Interfaces
Chapter 9 - Page 25
d. In the screen that follows, select the AGE column in the Source pane. Select
AGE_MIN in the Lookup pane, and select Staging for the Execute on option. Then,
click the Join button.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 9: Designing Interfaces
Chapter 9 - Page 26


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 9: Designing Interfaces
Chapter 9 - Page 27
e. Edit the lookup condition to read:
SRC_CUSTOMER.AGE BETWEEN LKUP_AGE_RANGE.AGE_MIN. Select AGE_MAX in
the Lookup pane, and then click the Join button again.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 9: Designing Interfaces
Chapter 9 - Page 28
f. Edit the Lookup condition to read: SRC_CUSTOMER.AGE BETWEEN
LKUP_AGE_RANGE.AGE_MIN AND LKUP_AGE_RANGE.AGE_MAX. Click Finish.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 9: Designing Interfaces
Chapter 9 - Page 29
g. Click the button to arrange your datastores in the Source pane. In the
Confirmation window, click Yes. Select AGE_RANGE in the target datastore, and click
the Expression Editor icon .


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 9: Designing Interfaces
Chapter 9 - Page 30
h. In the Expression Editor, select the AGE_RANGE column and drag it to the expression
window. Verify that your expression is LKUP_AGE_RANGE.AGE_RANGE. Click OK to
close the Expression Editor.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 9: Designing Interfaces
Chapter 9 - Page 31


i. In the Flow tab, click the Target area and ensure that IKM Selector is set to IKM Oracle
Incremental Update. Save the interface INT_9-2.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 9: Designing Interfaces
Chapter 9 - Page 32
Note: The source objects in your flow diagram may not exactly match the following
screen. The flow diagram editor may reposition the source objects. For example, the
SRC_AGE_GROUP lookup table may appear at the top.

j. In the Designer Projects tab, select INT_9-2, and then click the icon to execute your
interface. Select the Simulation check box, and then click OK.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 9: Designing Interfaces
Chapter 9 - Page 33
k. In the Simulation window, note the generated code, and then click Close.


2. Run the INT_9-2 interface and view the lookup data.
a. Click the Execute button again to run your interface . Click OK. Click OK again.
Note: Do not select the Simulation check box.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 9: Designing Interfaces
Chapter 9 - Page 34


b. Click the Operator tab and verify that your interface INT_9-2 successfully executed.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 9: Designing Interfaces
Chapter 9 - Page 35
c. Double-click the step that performs a lookup operation on the source flat file
SRC_AGE_GROUP (SRCSet0 - Load data), and then click the Code tab. View the
code on the source and on the target.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 9: Designing Interfaces
Chapter 9 - Page 36
d. Switch from the Operator Navigator to the Designer Navigator in the Projects tab, and
open the INT_9-2 interface if it is not still open. Click the interfaces Mapping tab.
Right-click Target Datastore TRG_CUSTOMER, and then select the Data option.
View your lookup data. Close the Data Editor window. Verify that your interface is
saved and then close the tabs.






R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 1
Practices for Lesson 10:
Interfaces: Monitoring and
Debugging
Chapter 10

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 2
Practices for Lesson 10: Overview
Practices Overview
In this practice, you create an interface to export a flat file to a relational table, perform
execution simulation, execute the newly created interface, and check quality of data loaded in
the table. You also learn how to filter a log to display errors.
R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 3
Practice 10-1: Creating ODI Interface: Exporting a Flat File to a
Relational Table
Use Case Scenario:
In addition to the group of interfaces created earlier, John needs to create a project and an
interface to export data from a flat file and load this data into a relational table. He also needs to
verify the quality of data loaded into the table.
Background:
In the previous practices, you learned how to create ODI Interfaces, which transform data from
one or more relational tables in the source to a relational table in the target.
In this practice, you create from scratch an ODI project and an interface to export data from a
flat file to a relational table, execute and monitor the Interface with ODI, and check data quality.
Note: Completing this practice is critical for all the following practice sessions.
In this practice, you perform the following 10 steps:
1. In Topology Navigator, define the FILE_GENERIC.C:\labs\Files\Flat_files
physical schema.
2. In Topology Navigator, define the FLAT_FILES_SRC logical schema.
3. In Designer Navigator, create the Export-FF-RT project.
4. In Designer Navigator, create the Flat_File_1 source model.
a. Create the SRC_SALES_PERSON datastore.
b. Point to the resource: C:\labs\Files\Flat_files\SRC_SALES_PERSON.TXT.
c. Reverse-engineer and format the data (fixed length positions, data types).
5. In SQL Developer, create the RDBMS schema ODI_STAGE to host the ODI target
datastore.
6. In SQL Developer, create the TRG_SALES_PERSON table to serve as the ODI datastore for
the target model.
7. In Topology Navigator, create the ODI target data server, ODI_STAGE; physical schema
ODI_STAGE; and logical schema ODI_STAGE.
8. In Designer Navigator, create the ODI target model, Oracle_RDBMS1.
9. Reverse-engineer the model and check the populated TRG_SALES_PERSON datastore
table.
10. Create a new ODI interface to perform the flat file to RDBMS table transformation.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 4
Your Tasks:
1. Create a new physical schema for the source flat-file model.
a. If not still connected, connect to the Work Repository, DEV_ODI_REPO. Enter
SUPERVISOR in the User field and SUNOPSIS in the Password field. Click OK to log
in.



R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 5
b. Click Topology navigator. In Topology navigator, click the Physical Architecture tab,
expand Technologies > File. Right-click FILE_GENERIC, and then select New
Physical Schema.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 6
c. For the Directory (Schema) and Directory (Work Schema) fields, enter the path to the
directory where your input flat files are located (C:\Labs\Files\Flat_files).
Select the Default check box and click Yes in the Confirmation window, and then click
Save. In the Information window that reminds you that no context has been specified
for this schema, click OK. Close the editing window for your new physical schema.



R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 7
d. Verify that your new Physical schema was added under the FILE_GENERIC data
server in the Technologies tree view.

e. Open Logical Architecture, navigate to Technologies > File, right-click File, and select
New Logical Schema.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 8
f. Enter the Logical Schema name: FLAT_FILES_SRC, and select the Physical schema
FILE_GENERIC.C:\Labs\Files\Flat_files in all three contexts as shown here.
Click Save and close the editing window.

g. Verify that your new Logical schema was added under the File node in the
Technologies tree view.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 9
2. Create the new project in ODI.
a. Open the Designer tab and then click Projects. In the window that opens, click the
New Project button and then select New Project to add a new project.

b. On the screen that appears, set the Name of the project to Export-FF-RT in the
Name field. The Code field is filled in automatically. Click Save, and then close the tab.
The newly created Export-FF-RT project now appears in the Projects pane.



R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 10
3. Create a new model for the flat-file source datastore.
a. In ODI Designer, click the Models tab, and then click the New Model . Then
select the New Model option to insert a new model.

b. On the screen that follows, enter the values provided in the following table. Click the
Reverse Engineer tab. Set the Context to Development. Click the Save icon.
Parameter Value
Name Flat_File_1
Technology File
Logical Schema FLAT_FILES_SRC


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 11

4. Create a new ODI source datastore.
a. Right-click the newly created Flat_File_1 model, and then select New Datastore.

b. On the screen that appears, set the Name to SRC_SALES_PERSON. Click the button
next to the Resource Name field. Navigate to the C:\Labs\Files\Flat_files folder,
and then select the SRC_SALES_PERSON.txt file. Click Open.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 12

c. Click the Files tab. Set the File Format to Fixed, and then click the Columns tab.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 13
d. On the Columns tab, click the Reverse Engineer button. A Confirmation message
appears, asking you to save your changes. Click Yes. The Column Setup Wizard
appears.




R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 14
e. Place the cursor, and then click the ruler at the beginning of each column as shown
next. The wizard marks each column as shown in the following screenshots.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 15

f. After the columns are marked, click each column data to select a column, and then set
the name and data type for each column in the Definition panel to the right, as shown
in the following screens. For the names and data types of each column, refer to this
table. Click OK when you have finished.
Column Name Data type
C1 SALES_PERSON_ID numeric
C2 FIRST_NAME string
C3 LAST_NAME string
C4 DATE_HIRED string


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 16


g. The columns should look as follows. Click Save to save the model. If the Unlocking
Object window appears, select the check box and click OK. Expand Flat_File_1 >
SRC_SALES_PERSON > Columns and view the newly created columns.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 17


h. In the Flat_File_1 model, right-click the SRC_SALES_PERSON datastore, and then
select the View Data option. Close all tabs as shown next.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 18

5. You must create a schema to host the ODI target datastore. To create a new RDBMS
schema for the ODI datastore, perform the following steps:
a. Open the Oracle SQL Developer window .You will create the schema by executing the
following SQL commands:
create user <MY_SCHEMA> identified by <MY_PASS>
default tablespace <MY_TBS> temporary tablespace <MY_TEMP>;
Note: If not started, you need to start SQL Developer and open the Administrator
connection (Username: system, Password: oracle1). Refer to Practice 2-1.
In this command:
<MY_SCHEMA> corresponds to the name of the schema you want to create:
ODI_STAGE
<MY_PASS> corresponds to the password that you gave: ODI_STAGE
<MY_TBS> corresponds to the Oracle tablespace where the data will be stored:
USERS
<MY_TEMP> corresponds to the temporary default tablespace: TEMP
To create a user, enter the following command. Verify that user account ODI_STAGE
is created successfully.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 19
Note: These commands also are provided in the text file 10-1.txt, which is located
in the C:\LABS\Text folder.
create user ODI_STAGE identified by ODI_STAGE
default tablespace users temporary tablespace temp;

b. Grant connect privileges to the newly created user account by executing the following
SQL command:
grant connect, resource, create trigger, create view to
ODI_STAGE;

6. Now you need to create a new ODI datastore for the target model. This datastore will be
used within the ODI Interface. To create a new ODI target datastore, perform the following
steps:
a. In SQL Developer, create a new connection called ODI_STAGE. Enter the username
as ODI_STAGE with the password ODI_STAGE. For SID enter ORCL. Click Test to
verify the connection. Click the Save button and then click Connect.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 20

b. Create your target table by executing the following SQL commands. Expand the
connection, ODI_STAGE > Tables > TRG_SALES_PERSON, and verify that the
table is created successfully.
CREATE table "TRG_SALES_PERSON"(
"SALES_PERSON_ID" NUMBER(8,0) NOT NULL,
"FIRST_NAME" VARCHAR2(80),
"LAST_NAME" VARCHAR2(80),
"DATE_HIRED" VARCHAR2(80),
"DATE_UPDATED" DATE NOT NULL,
constraint "TRG_SALES_PERSON_PK" primary key("SALES_PERSON_ID")
)


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 21

7. After you have created the new database target datastore, you need to create a new ODI
target data server and the physical schema. To create the ODI target data server and
physical schema, perform the following steps:
a. In ODI, open ODI Topology Navigator and then select the Physical Architecture tab.
Expand Technologies, right-click Oracle, and select New Data Server.

b. In the Data Server: New window, enter the values provided in the following table. Click
the JDBC tab.
Parameter Value
Name ODI_STAGE
Instance/dblink (Data Server) ORCL
User ODI_STAGE
Password ODI_STAGE
R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 22

c. Click for JDBC Driver. Select Oracle JDBC Driver. Click OK. Click for JDBC
Url, select jdbc:oracle:thin:@<host>:<port>:<sid>, and then click OK. Edit the Url to
read: jdbc:oracle:thin:@localhost:1521:ORCL for Oracle Database.
Note: Do not copy and paste in the JDBC Url field. This action may cause problems
with entering a valid URL string.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 23

d. Click Test Connection. In the window that opens, click Yes to save your data. In the
Information window, click OK. Click Test to verify a successful connection. Click OK.





R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 24
e. On the Physical Architecture tab, expand Oracle technology node, right-click
ODI_STAGE data server, and then select New Physical Schema.

f. In the Schema (Schema) and Schema (Work Schema) fields, enter your ODI_STAGE
schema. Click the Save button. In the Information window reminding you that no
context has been specified for this schema, click OK. Close the
ODI_STAGE.ODI_STAGE physical schema window.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 25

g. In Topology Manager, open the Logical Architecture tab and expand Technologies.
Right-click Oracle technology and then select New Logical Schema.

h. Name the logical schema ODI_STAGE. In all three contexts, connect this logical
schema to the ODI_STAGE physical schema as shown here. Click the Save button
and then close the tabs.

8. Create a new ODI target model that will be used within your ODI Interface. To create a new
ODI target model, perform the following steps:

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 26
a. Open ODI Designer. Click the Models tab and select New Model. On the screen that
appears, enter the values provided in the following table. Click the Reverse Engineer
tab.

Parameter Value
Name Oracle_RDBMS1
Technology Oracle
Logical Schema ODI_STAGE



R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 27
b. On the Reverse Engineer tab, set the Context to Development. Click the Save button
and then close the Oracle_RDBMS1 tab.

c. In the Models tab, right-click the Oracle_RDBMS1 model. Select Reverse Engineer.
To verify that the TRG_SALES_PERSON datastore is successfully reversed, expand
the model as shown here.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 28

9. Create a new ODI Interface to perform a flat-file-to-RDBMS-table transformation.
a. In ODI Designer, click the Projects tab. Expand your project, Export-FF-RT, and then
expand First Folder. Right-click Interfaces and select New Interface.

b. On the screen that follows, enter the interface name as INT-EXP-FF-RT. In the
Optimization Context field, select Development. If selected, deselect the Staging
Area Different From Target check box. Click the Mapping tab.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 29
c. Click the Models tab to drag the source and target to the diagram. Drag the
SRC_SALES_PERSON.txt datastore from the Flat_File_1 model to the Sources
container. Drag the TRG_SALES_PERSON datastore from the Oracle_RDBMS1
model to the Target Datastore container. When Designer asks Do you want to
perform an Automatic Mapping? click Yes.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 30



R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 31
d. Set the value for the DATE_UPDATED column in Target Datastore to System date, by
performing the following: In Target Datastore, select DATE_UPDATED. In the
Implementation tab, enter SYSDATE. Select Staging Area in the Execute on section.
Ensure that the Active Mapping check box is selected.

e. Select the FIRST_NAME column in Target Datastore and edit the mapping to read:
Ltrim(SRC.FIRST_NAME). This function removes left spaces in the FIRST_NAME
column. In the Execute on section, select Staging Area. Repeat this step for columns
LAST NAME and DATE HIRED. Refer to the mapping implementation provided in the
following table.
Column Mapping implementation
FIRST NAME Ltrim(SRC.FIRST_NAME)
LAST NAME Ltrim(SRC.LAST_NAME)
DATE HIRED Ltrim(SRC.DATE_HIRED)
R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 32


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 33

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 34


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 35
f. For this interface, you export a flat file directly to a relational table target. The
knowledge modules required for this interface are LKM File to SQL and IKM SQL
Incremental Update. To import the KMs, click the Designer Managers Projects tab in
the left panel. In the Export-FF-RT project, expand the Knowledge Modules folder.
Right-click Loading (LKM) and select Import Knowledge Modules.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 36
g. The Import Knowledge Modules dialog box appears. The File import directory field
displays a path to the XML-reference folder containing all the knowledge module XML
files. Note: The actual path is:
C:\Oracle\Middleware\Oracle_ODI1\oracledi\xml-reference. Press and
hold the Ctrl key, and then select IKM SQL Incremental Update and LKM File to
SQL. Click OK. Close the Import Report window. View the imported KMs in the
Projects tree view.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 37



R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 38
h. In the INT-EXP-FF-RT interface in the right panel, click the Flow tab. Click the
SrcSet0 (FILE GENERIC) datastore. The properties for the source appear in the
following screen. In the LKM Selector field, select LKM File to SQL from the LKM
drop-down list. Now, you need to ensure that the temporary objects created during the
transformation are deleted. Set the LKM option DELETE_TEMPORARY_OBJECTS to
<Default>:true as shown here.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 39
i. Click the Target datastore. Select IKM SQL Incremental Update. Set the IKM option
FLOW_CONTROL to False. Set the IKM option DELETE_ALL to True. Click Save.

j. To test your interface, click the Execute button . The following screen appears.
Retain the defaults and click OK. On the next screen, click OK.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 40

k. Open ODI Operator and verify that your interface was executed successfully. In
Operator, click Session List tab, select All Executions, and the then click the refresh
button . View the execution results for the interface INT-EXP-FF-RT.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 41
l. Double-click Step 12. View the number of rows inserted into the target table (16).Then
close the Session Task window.

10. Use the Quick Edit feature to enable filtering rows with Sales_Person_ID > 30. In addition,
you capitalize the first letter of each last name and first name, leaving the other characters
in lowercase.
a. In the INT-EXP-FF-RT tab, select Quick-Edit tab, expand Filters section, and then
click the Add Filters icon.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 42

b. Select the SALES_PERSON_ID row, and then click the Launch Expression Editor
icon . In the left panel of the Expression Editor, double-click SALES_PERSON_ID.
Edit the expression to read: SRC.SALES_PERSON_ID > 30. Click OK. For Execution
Location, select Staging. Click OK.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 43


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 44
c. Scroll down and expand the Mappings section. In the Mapping Expression column,
click the Ltrim(SRC.FIRST_NAME) column , and then select the Expression Editor
icon. In the Expression Editor, edit the expression to read:
INITCAP(Ltrim(SRC.FIRST_NAME)). Click OK.



d. Repeat the previous step for the column LAST_NAME. Your result is shown in the
following screenshot. Click the Mapping tab and save your interface .


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 45
11. Execute your modified interface and verify the result.
a. In Designer, execute your interface . In the Execution dialog box, click OK. In the
Information dialog box, click OK.

b. Open ODI Operator and verify that the interface executed successfully. Open step 8
Integration. Click the Code tab, and view your modifications.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 46

c. Click the INT_EXP_FF_RT tab. In the Mapping tab, right-click the target datastore and
select Data. View the filtered rows (SALES_PERSON_ID > 30) inserted in the table.
Close your Data Editor and the tabs.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 47




R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 10: Interfaces: Monitoring and Debugging
Chapter 10 - Page 48

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 1
Practices for Lesson 11:
Designing Interfaces:
Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 2
Practices for Lesson 11: Overview
Practices Overview
In Practice 11-1, you create and use a native sequence for an ODI Interface. In Practice 11-2,
you create temporary indexes for an ODI Interface. In Practice 11-3, you use datasets with an
ODI interface for data transformation.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 3
Practice 11-1: Using Native Sequences with ODI Interface
Use Case Scenario:
John created interfaces to load data in the target model from different sources and performed
data transformation, filtering, and implemented lookups. Now, John needs to create an interface
that would load data in the table by using Oracle native sequence, which generates ID numbers
for the target table.
Background:
In this practice, you first use ODI to define the procedure Create_ORCL_SEQ_FAM_ID. You
then execute this procedure, which creates the sequence SEQ_FAMILY_ID in the RDBMS.
Next, you use ODI to create an ODI definition of the native sequence you just created in the
RDBMS, using the same name, SEQ_FAMILY_ID.
Finally, you create and execute the interface INT-11-1 to load the TRG_PROD_FAMILY target
table by using the new native sequence to generate ID numbers for that table.

Note: Completing this practice is critical for all the following practice sessions.
Your Tasks:
1. Create and execute an ODI procedure that creates an Oracle native sequence.
a. If not connected, connect to the DEV_ODI_REPO Work Repository (User:
SUPERVISOR, Password: SUNOPSIS). Click the Designer tab.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 4
b. In the Projects tab of the Designer Navigator, expand: HandsOnLoads > HandsOn.
Right-click Procedures and select New Procedure. Name the new procedure:
Create_ORCL_SEQ_FAM_ID. Set the Target technology to Oracle, as shown next.
Click the Details tab.


c. In the Details tab, click the Add command button . In the Name field, enter:
Create ORCL SEQ. In the Command on Target tab, set the Technology field to
Oracle. In the Schema drop-down list, select ORACLE_ORCL_LOCAL_SALES. In
the Command panel, enter the command, which creates the following sequence. Click
the Save icon to save the procedure. Close the tab. .

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 5
Note: You may copy and paste this command from the text file 11-1.txt in the
following location: c:\Labs\Text.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 6
d. Run the procedure Create_ORCL_SEQ_FAM_ID and verify the result of the execution
in the Operator Navigator.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 7


e. Open SQL Developer and expand: Administrator > Other Users > SALES_DEV >
Sequences. Verify that your sequence SEQ_FAMILY_ID was created in RDBMS.
Note: Be sure that you expand the Administrator connection, not ODI_STAGE.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 8
2. Create a new Native Sequence in ODI.
a. Open Designer. Click the Projects tab and expand: HandsOnLoads > HandsOn.
Right-click Sequences, and then select New Sequence.

b. Name the new sequence SEQ_FAMILY_ID. Select the Native sequence option. In the
schema field, select ORACLE_ORCL_LOCAL_SALES. Click the icon. In the
window that follows, select the DEVELOPMENT context, and then select the native
sequence SEQ_FAMILY_ID. Click OK. Your screen should look as shown next. Save
the sequence, and then close the tab.
R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 9


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 10

3. Create a new interface to load the Product Family table by using the Native Sequence.
a. Right-click Interfaces, and select New Interface. Enter the new interface name:
INT_11-1. For Optimization Context, select Development. Click the Mapping tab.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 11

b. In the Models tab, expand the HSQL_SRC model and Oracle Sales Application model.
Drag the SRC_PRODUCT datastore from the HSQL_SRC model to the source area in
your interface. Drag the TRG_PROD_FAMILY datastore from the Oracle Sales
Application model to the target area. Click Yes to perform automatic mapping.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 12
c. In the Target Datastore area, select FAMILY_ID, and then click the Expression Editor
icon . Expand the Project Sequences node, and then drag the sequence
SEQ_FAMILY_ID to the expression area. Click OK. Click the Flow tab.




R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 13


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 14
d. In the Flow tab, click the target datastore Target (ORACLE_ORCL_LOCAL), and then
set IKM Selector to IKM SQL Control Append. In the Options, set FLOW_CONTROL to
false, and set DELETE_ALL to true. Select the Distinct Rows check box. Save your
interface. When the Fix Issue Dialog window appears, select Fix. This option enables
not checking the FAMILY_ID column for not null.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 15

4. Execute the newly created interface and verify the data in the target table.
a. Execute Interface INT_11-1 by clicking the Execute button . The Execution screen
appears. Retain the defaults and click OK. On the Information screen, click OK, and
then verify execution in the Operator tab.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 16

b. In the INT_11-1 tab, select the Mapping tab, right-click the Target Datastore
TRG_PROD_FAMILY, and then select Data. Verify the data inserted in the table.
Close the Data Editor window and INT_11-1 tab.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 17


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 18
Practice 11-2: Using Temporary Indexes
Use Case Scenario:
John created interfaces to load data in the target model from different sources and performed
data transformation. He also created an interface that loads data in the table by using Oracle
native sequence, which generates ID numbers for the target table.
Now, John needs to load the target product table by using the source product table and the
lookup against the table, which contains the ID numbers generated by the newly created
interface with the native sequence. John also needs to create a temporary index on the source
tables to implement the join on the source.
Background:
In the previous practice, TRG_PROD_FAMILY was a target table. In this practice,
TRG_PROD_FAMILY serves as one of the source tables.
First, you create a new ODI interface, INT-11-2 to load data into the TRG_PRODUCT target
datastore table in the Oracle Sales Application model. You specify the source tables as
SRC_PRODUCT from the HSQL_SRC model, and TRG_PROD_FAMILY from the Oracle Sales
Application model.
TRG_PROD_FAMILY will be used as a lookup table to obtain the ID number generated by the
previous lessons interface that used a sequence to populate the ID number.
For the lookup, you create a temporary index to join SRC_PRODUCT and TRG_PROD_FAMILY on
their FAMILY_NAME column.
Finally, you execute the interface, view the source code, and examine the inserted rows in the
TRG_PRODUCT target datastore.

Note: Completing this practice is critical for all the following practice sessions.
Your Tasks:
1. Create a new ODI Interface with a temporary index on the source tables.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 19
a. Expand the project HandsOnLoads > HandsOn > Interfaces. Right-click Interfaces
and select New Interface. Name this interface INT_11-2. Click the Mapping tab.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 20
b. In the Models tab, expand the Oracle Sales Application and HSQL_SRC models. Drag
the TRG_PRODUCT datastore from the Oracle Sales Application model to the target
area. Drag the TRG_PROD_FAMILY datastore from the Oracle Sales Application to
the Source mapping area. Click Yes to perform automatic mapping. Drag the
SRC_PRODUCT datastore from the HSQL_SRC model to the source mapping area,
as shown next. Click Yes to perform automatic mapping


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 21
c. Create a join between the two source tables by dragging FAMILY_NAME in the
TRG_PROD_FAMILY datastore to FAMILY_NAME in the SRC_PRODUCT datastore.
You can reposition the Join as shown in the following screenshots.



R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 22
d. Click Join, and scroll down to view the Join Property inspector. In the Temporary
Indexes section, set the index on SRC_PRODUCT(SRC_PRODUCT) to Non-Unique.
Click the Flow tab.





R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 23
e. Click the Flow tab. In the flow tab, click the target datastore. Verify that the
DELETE_ALL parameter is set to false. Save your interface.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 24
2. Execute the Interface and verify the results.
a. In the Projects tab, execute your interface INT_11-2 as shown in the following
screenshot. Click OK. Click OK again.




R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 25
b. Open ODI Operator, and verify that your interface executed successfully. Expand the
session to view steps as shown in the following screenshot.

c. Double-click the fourth step, Loading SrcSet0 - Create Temp. Indexes on Work. In
the Session Task, select the Code tab. View the source code.



R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 26
d. Scroll down, and then double-click the step Integration INT_11-2 Insert new rows,
as shown in the screenshot. View the number of inserted rows.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 27
e. In Designer Navigator, open the Interface INT_11-2, and select the Mapping tab.
Right-click the target datastore, and then select Data to view the 15 inserted rows.
Close the Data Editor window and the tabs.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 28
Practice 11-3: Using Data Sets with ODI Interface
Use Case Scenario:
John created an interface to load data in the target model from different sources and perform
data transformation and filtering, and provided a date when data was updated. He also
implemented a lookup to fetch additional information for the data loading in the target. Now,
John creates an interface with multiple data sets to add in a bulk feed of customer data from
another system.
Background:
In this practice, you add a new data set to an interface. Building upon the interface INT_9-2
you created in Lesson 9, you will add a bulk feed of customer data from another system by
adding another data set.
First, you make a copy of interface INT_9-2, naming the copy as INT_11-3. This copy
includes the default data set you defined in INT_9-2.
Now, you create a new data set, naming it BULK_CUST_DATA. For its source, you specify the
TRG_BULK_CUSTOMER datastore from the Oracle Sales Application model.
You specify the UNION operator to unite this new source of data with the default data set that
you specified in INT_9-2.
Next, you perform an execution simulation to preview the code that will be used for this new
data set with the UNION operator.
Finally, you execute the interface and verify the rows inserted into the target table.
.

Note: Completing this practice is critical for all the following practice sessions.
Your Tasks:
1. Create an ODI interface with multiple data sets.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 29
a. In Designer navigator, right-click interface INT_9-2 and then duplicate it. Open the
duplicate interface and rename it INT_11-3.Open the Mapping tab.



R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 30
b. To arrange tables, click the Perform Layout icon , and then click Yes. Click the
Add/Remove DataSet icon , and then click Add new DataSet .



R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 31
c. Enter the new data set name: BULK_CUST_DATA. Select Operator: UNION. Close the
Datasets Configuration window.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 32
d. In the Mapping tab, select the BULK_CUST_DATA data set tab. In the Design
navigator Models tab, drag the TRG_BULK_CUSTOMER datastore from the Oracle
Sales Application to the Source area of the interface. Click Yes to perform automatic
mapping.



R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 33
e. Open the Flow tab and verify the flow of your interface. Click the Target datastore.
Ensure that the FLOW_CONTROL option is set to true and the DELETE_ALL option
is set to true, as shown in the following screenshot.
Note: The order of your source objects on the left side of the Flow diagram may be
different than the order shown in the following screenshot.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 34
f. Open the Mapping tab again, select the BULK_CUST_DATA tab, and then save
interface INT_11-3.

g. Click the Execute button . In the Execution dialog box, select the Simulation box to
perform an execution simulation in the Development context. Click OK. In the
Simulation window, scroll down to approximately one third of the way, and view the
simulated code for the data set TRG_BULK_CUSTOMER with the UNION operator as
shown next.

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 35


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 36
2. Execute interface INT_11-3 (do not select the Simulation check box) and verify the
execution results.
a. Execute interface INT_11-3.



R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 37
b. Open the Operator. Verify that the session INT_11-3 executed successfully. Scroll
down and open the task Integration INT_11-3- Insert new rows. Verify the number of
inserts in the target table.


R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s


Copyright 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Practices for Lesson 11: Designing Interfaces: Advanced Topics 1
Chapter 11 - Page 38

R
a
h
u
l

S
h
a
r
m
a

(
r
a
h
u
l

s
h
a
r
m
a
@
o
r
a
c
l
e

c
o
m
)

h
a
s

a

n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
a
b
l
e
l
i
c
e
n
s
e

t
o

u
s
e

t
h
i
s

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

G
u
i
d
e

U
n
a
u
t
h
o
r
i
z
e
d

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d


C
o
p
y
r
i
g
h
t


2
0
1
4
,

O
r
a
c
l
e

a
n
d
/
o
r

i
t
s

a
f
f
i
l
i
a
t
e
s